blob: a280435e9fbec65012cf9758a66f6827d2f22353 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
185 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
187 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
188 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500189 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
190 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
191 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
192 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
193 /lib Architecture specific library files
194 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
195 /cpu CPU specific files
196 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
197 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
198 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
199 /lib Architecture specific library files
200 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
201 /cpu CPU specific files
202 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
203 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400205 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500208/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
209/board Board dependent files
210/common Misc architecture independent functions
211/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
212/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
213/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400214/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500215/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
216/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
217/include Header Files
218/lib Files generic to all architectures
219 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
220 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
221 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
222/net Networking code
223/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400224/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500225/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000226
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000227Software Configuration:
228=======================
229
230Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
231rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
232
233There are two classes of configuration variables:
234
235* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
236 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
237 "CONFIG_".
238
239* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
240 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
241 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200242 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000243
244Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
245identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
246do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
247links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
248as an example here.
249
250
251Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
252---------------------------------------------------
253
254For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
255configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
256
257Example: For a TQM823L module type:
258
259 cd u-boot
260 make TQM823L_config
261
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200262For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000263e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
264directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
265
266
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600267Sandbox Environment:
268--------------------
269
270U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
271board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
272specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
273run some of U-Boot's tests.
274
275See board/sandbox/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
276
277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000278Configuration Options:
279----------------------
280
281Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
282such information is kept in a configuration file
283"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
284
285Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
286"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
287
288
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000289Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
290kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
291build a config tool - later.
292
293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000294The following options need to be configured:
295
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500296- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000297
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500298- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200299
300- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100301 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000302
303- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
304 Define exactly one of
305 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
306--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
307 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
308 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
309
310- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define exactly one of
312 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
313
314- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_CMA302
317
318- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
319 Define one or more of
320 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200321 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000322 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
323
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000324- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
325 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
326 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200327 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
328 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
329 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
330 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000331
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530332- Marvell Family Member
333 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
334 multiple fs option at one time
335 for marvell soc family
336
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000337- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000338 Define exactly one of
339 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000340
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200341- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
343 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000344 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
345 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000346 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
347 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000348
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000349- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200350 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
351 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000352 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000353 See doc/README.MPC866
354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200355 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000356
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000357 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
358 of relying on the correctness of the configured
359 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
360 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
361 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200362 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000363
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100364 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
365
366 Define this option if you want to enable the
367 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
368
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600369- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000370 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
371
372 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
373 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
374 compliance, among other possible reasons.
375
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600376 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
377
378 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
379 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
380 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
381
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500382 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
383
384 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
385 tree nodes for the given platform.
386
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000387 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
388
389 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
390 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
391 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
392 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
393 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
394 purpose.
395
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000396 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
397
398 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
399 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
400 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
401
402 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
403 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
404
405 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
406 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
407
408 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
409 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
410 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
411 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
412
413 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
414 this erratum.
415
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530416 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
417 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
418 requred during NOR boot.
419
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000420 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
421
422 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
423 according to the A004510 workaround.
424
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530425 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
426 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
427 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
428
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530429 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
430 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
431 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
432
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530433 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
434 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
435 connected to the DSP core.
436
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
438 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
439
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530440 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
441 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
442 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
443 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
444
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530445 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
446 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
447 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
448
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800449 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
450 Inidcates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
451 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
452
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000453- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700454 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
455 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
456 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
457 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
458 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
459
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000460 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
461
462 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
463 values is arch specific.
464
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700465 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
466 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
467 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
468 SoCs.
469
470 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
471 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
472
473 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
474 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
475 deskew training are not available.
476
477 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
478 Freescale DDR1 controller.
479
480 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
481 Freescale DDR2 controller.
482
483 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
484 Freescale DDR3 controller.
485
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700486 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
487 Freescale DDR4 controller.
488
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700489 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
490 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
491
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
493 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
494 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
495 implemetation.
496
497 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
498 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
499 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
500 implementation.
501
502 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
503 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700504 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
505
506 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
507 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
508 DDR3L controllers.
509
510 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
511 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
512 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700513
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530514 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
515 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
516
517 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
518 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
519
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530520 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
521 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
522 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
523
524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
525 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
526 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
527 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
528
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530529 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
530 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
531 concatenated with u-boot binary.
532
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800533 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
534 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
535
536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
537 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
538
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
540 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
541 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
542 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
543
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800544 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
545 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
546 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
547 SoCs with ARM core.
548
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100549- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200550 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100551
552 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
553 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
554 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
555
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200556 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200557
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100558 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
559 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200560 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100561 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200562
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200563- MIPS CPU options:
564 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
565
566 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
567 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
568 relocation.
569
570 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
571
572 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
573 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
574 Possible values are:
575 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
576 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
577 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
578 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
579 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
580 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
581 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
582 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
583
584 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
585
586 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
587 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
588
589 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
590
591 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
592 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
593 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
594
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000595- ARM options:
596 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
597
598 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
599 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
600
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000601 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
602
603 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
604 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
605 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
606 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
607 GCC.
608
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000609 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000610 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
611 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
612 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500613 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500614 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000615
616 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
617 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
618 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
619 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
620 set these options unless they apply!
621
Stephen Warren795659d2013-03-27 17:06:41 +0000622- CPU timer options:
623 CONFIG_SYS_HZ
624
625 The frequency of the timer returned by get_timer().
626 get_timer() must operate in milliseconds and this CONFIG
627 option must be set to 1000.
628
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000629- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000630 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
631
632 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
633 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
634 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
635 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
636 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
637 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
638 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000639 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100640 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000641 default environment.
642
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000643 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
644
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200645 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000646 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
647 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
648
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400649 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200650
651 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400652 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
653 concepts).
654
655 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
656 * New libfdt-based support
657 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500658 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400659
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200660 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
661 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
662 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
663 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200664 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600665 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200666
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200667 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
668 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500669
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600670 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
671
672 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
673 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000674
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500675 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
676
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200677 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500678 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
679
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200680 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
681
682 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
683 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
684 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
685 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
686 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
687 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
688
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000689 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
690
691 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
692 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
693 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
694 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
695 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
696 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
697 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
698
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100699- vxWorks boot parameters:
700
701 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
702 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
703 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
704
705 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
706 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
707 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
708 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
709
710 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
711
712 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
713
714 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
715 the defaults discussed just above.
716
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000717- Cache Configuration:
718 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
719 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
720 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
721
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000722- Cache Configuration for ARM:
723 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
724 controller
725 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
726 controller register space
727
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000728- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200729 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000730
731 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
732
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200733 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000734
735 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
736
737 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
738
739 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
740 the clock speed of the UARTs.
741
742 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
743
744 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
745 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
746 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
747
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000748 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
749
750 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
751 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
752 this variable to initialize the extra register.
753
754 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
755
756 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
757 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
758 variable to flush the UART at init time.
759
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400760 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
761
762 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
763 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000764
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000765- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000766 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
767 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
768 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
769 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000770
771 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
772 port routines must be defined elsewhere
773 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
774
775 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
776 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000777 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000778 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
779 (default big endian)
780 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
781 rectangle fill
782 (cf. smiLynxEM)
783 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
784 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
785 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
786 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000787 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
788 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000789 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
790 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000791 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000792 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
793 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
794 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
795 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
796 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
797 (i.e. i8042_getc)
798 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
799 (requires blink timer
800 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200801 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000802 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
803 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500804 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000805 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
806 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000807 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
808 linux_logo.h for logo.
809 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000810 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200811 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000812 the logo
813
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000814 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
815 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
816 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
817
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000818 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
819 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
820 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000821
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000822 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
823 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
824 the "silent" environment variable. See
825 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000826
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200827 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
828 is 0x00.
829 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
830 is 0xa0.
831
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000832- Console Baudrate:
833 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
834 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200835 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
836 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000837
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100838- Console Rx buffer length
839 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
840 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100841 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100842 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
843 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
844 the SMC.
845
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000846- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200847 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
848 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
849 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
850 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
851 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
852 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
853 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200854 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200855 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000856
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200857 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
858 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000859
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000860- Safe printf() functions
861 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
862 the printf() functions. These are defined in
863 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
864 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
865 If this option is not given then these functions will
866 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
867 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
868
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000869- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
870 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
871 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000872 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
873 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000874
875 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
876 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
877 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
878 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
879 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
880 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
881 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
882 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
883 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
884 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
885 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
886 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
887
888- Autoboot Command:
889 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
890 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
891 define a command string that is automatically executed
892 when no character is read on the console interface
893 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
894
895 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000896 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
897 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
898 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000899
900 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000901 The value of these goes into the environment as
902 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
903 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200904 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000905
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +0100906- Bootcount:
907 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
908 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
909 cycle, see:
910 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
911
912 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
913 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
914 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
915 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
916 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
917 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
918 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
919 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
920 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
921
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000922- Pre-Boot Commands:
923 CONFIG_PREBOOT
924
925 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
926 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
927 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
928 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
929 entering interactive mode.
930
931 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
932 automatically generated or modified. For an example
933 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
934 modified when the user holds down a certain
935 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
936 booting the systems
937
938- Serial Download Echo Mode:
939 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
940 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
941 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
942 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
943 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
944 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
945 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
946
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500947- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000948 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
949 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200950 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000951
952- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500953 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
954 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +0000955 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
956 commands, or using <config_cmd_default.h>
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500957 and augmenting with additional #define's
958 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000959
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500960 The default command configuration includes all commands
961 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000962
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +0100963 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500964 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500965 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
966 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
967 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
968 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
969 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
970 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -0800971 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500972 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500973 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500974 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
975 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
976 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600977 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
978 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
979 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
980 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500981 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
982 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500983 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500984 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
985 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -0600986 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -0600987 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -0500988 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500989 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000990 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
991 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -0700992 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
993 that work for multiple fs types
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500994 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500995 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +0000996 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500997 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
998 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +0200999 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001000 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001001 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001002 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001003 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001004 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1005 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1006 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1007 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001008 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001009 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001010 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001011 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001012 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001013 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1014 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1015 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1016 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001017 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001018 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1019 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001020 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1021 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001022 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001023 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001024 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001025 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001026 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001027 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001028 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1029 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1030 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001031 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001032 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1033 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001034 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001035 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001036 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001037 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1038 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1039 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1040 host
1041 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001042 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001043 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1044 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001045 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001046 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1047 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1048 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1049 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1050 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1051 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001052 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001053 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001054 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001055 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001056 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001057 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001058 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001059 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001060 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1061 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001062 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001063 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001064 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001065 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001066 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001067
1068 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1069 support you can write:
1070
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001071 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1072 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001073
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001074 Other Commands:
1075 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001076
1077 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001078 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001079 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1080 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1081 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1082 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1083 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1084 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001085
1086
1087 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1088
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001089- Regular expression support:
1090 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001091 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1092 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1093 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1094 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001095
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001096- Device tree:
1097 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1098 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1099 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1100 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1101 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1102 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1103
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001104 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1105 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001106
1107 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1108 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1109 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1110 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1111 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1112 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001113
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001114 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1115 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1116 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1117 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1118
1119 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1120
1121 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1122 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1123 still use the individual files if you need something more
1124 exotic.
1125
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001126- Watchdog:
1127 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1128 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001129 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1130 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1131 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1132 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1133 available, then no further board specific code should
1134 be needed to use it.
1135
1136 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1137 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1138 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1139 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001140
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001141- U-Boot Version:
1142 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1143 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1144 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1145 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001146 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1147 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001148
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001149- Real-Time Clock:
1150
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001151 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001152 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1153 following options:
1154
1155 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1156 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001157 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001158 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001159 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001160 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001161 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001162 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001163 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001164 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001165 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001166 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1167 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001168
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001169 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1170 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1171
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001172- GPIO Support:
1173 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001174
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001175 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1176 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1177 pins supported by a particular chip.
1178
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001179 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1180 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1181
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001182- Timestamp Support:
1183
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001184 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1185 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1186 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001187 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001188
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001189- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1190 Zero or more of the following:
1191 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1192 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1193 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1194 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1195 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1196 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1197 disk/part_efi.c
1198 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001199
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001200 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1201 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001202 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001203
1204- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001205 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1206 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001207
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001208 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1209 be performed by calling the function
1210 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1211 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001212
1213- ATAPI Support:
1214 CONFIG_ATAPI
1215
1216 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1217
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001218- LBA48 Support
1219 CONFIG_LBA48
1220
1221 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001222 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001223 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1224 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1225
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001226 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001227 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1228 Default is 32bit.
1229
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001230- SCSI Support:
1231 At the moment only there is only support for the
1232 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1233 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1234
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001235 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1236 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1237 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001238 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1239 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001240 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001241
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001242 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1243 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001244
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001245- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001246 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001247 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1248
1249 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1250 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1251 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1252 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1253
1254 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1255 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1256 example with the "sspi" command.
1257
1258 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1259 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1260 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001261
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001262 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001263 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001264
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001265 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1266 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001267 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001268 write routine for first time initialisation.
1269
1270 CONFIG_TULIP
1271 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1272 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1273 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1274
1275 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1276 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1277
1278 CONFIG_NS8382X
1279 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1280
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001281- NETWORK Support (other):
1282
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001283 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1284 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1285
1286 CONFIG_RMII
1287 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1288
1289 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1290 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1291 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1292
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001293 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1294 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1295
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001296 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001297 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1298
1299 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1300 Define this to hold the physical address
1301 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1302
1303 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1304 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1305
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001306 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001307 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1308
1309 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1310 Define this to hold the physical address
1311 of the device (I/O space)
1312
1313 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1314 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1315
1316 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1317 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1318 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1319
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001320 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1321 Support for davinci emac
1322
1323 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1324 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1325
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001326 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1327 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1328
1329 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1330 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1331 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1332 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1333 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1334 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1335 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1336 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1337
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001338 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001339 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1340
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001341 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001342 Define this to hold the physical address
1343 of the device (I/O space)
1344
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001345 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001346 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1347
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001348 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001349 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1350 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001351 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001352
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001353 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1354 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1355
1356 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1357 Define the number of ports to be used
1358
1359 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1360 Define the ETH PHY's address
1361
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001362 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1363 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1364
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001365- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001366 CONFIG_TPM
1367 Support TPM devices.
1368
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001369 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1370 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1371 per system is supported at this time.
1372
1373 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BUS_NUMBER
1374 Define the the i2c bus number for the TPM device
1375
1376 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS
1377 Define the TPM's address on the i2c bus
1378
1379 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1380 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1381
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001382 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1383 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1384
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001385 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001386 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1387 per system is supported at this time.
1388
1389 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1390 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1391 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1392 0xfed40000.
1393
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001394 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1395 Add tpm monitor functions.
1396 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1397 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1398
1399 CONFIG_TPM
1400 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1401 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1402 Requires support for a TPM device.
1403
1404 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1405 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1406 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1407
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001408- USB Support:
1409 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001410 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001411 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1412 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001413 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001414 storage devices.
1415 Note:
1416 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1417 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001418 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1419 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1420 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001421 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1422 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001423 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1424 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1425 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001426 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1427 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001428 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001429 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1430 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001431
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001432 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1433 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1434
Kuo-Jung Suaa155052013-05-15 15:29:22 +08001435 CONFIG_USB_HUB_MIN_POWER_ON_DELAY defines the minimum
1436 interval for usb hub power-on delay.(minimum 100msec)
1437
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001438- USB Device:
1439 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1440 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1441 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001442 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001443 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1444 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001445 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001446 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1447 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1448 a Linux host by
1449 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1450 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1451 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1452 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001453
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001454 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1455 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001456
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001457 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1458 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1459 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001460
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301461 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1462 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1463 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1464 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1465 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1466 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1467 speed.
1468
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001469 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001470 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1471 be set to usbtty.
1472
1473 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001474 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001475 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001476 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001477
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001478 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001479 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001480 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001481
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001482 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001483 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001484 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001485 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1486 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1487 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1488
1489 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1490 Define this string as the name of your company for
1491 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001492
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001493 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1494 Define this string as the name of your product
1495 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1496
1497 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1498 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1499 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1500 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1501 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001502
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001503 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1504 Define this as the unique Product ID
1505 for your device
1506 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001507
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001508- ULPI Layer Support:
1509 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1510 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1511 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1512 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1513 viewport is supported.
1514 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1515 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001516 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1517 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1518 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001519
1520- MMC Support:
1521 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1522 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1523 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1524 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001525 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1526 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001527
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001528 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1529 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1530
1531 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1532 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1533
1534 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1535 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1536
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001537 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1538 Enable the generic MMC driver
1539
1540 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1541 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1542
1543 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1544 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1545 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1546
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001547- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
1548 CONFIG_DFU_FUNCTION
1549 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1550
1551 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1552 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1553 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1554 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1555 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1556
1557 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1558 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1559
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001560 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1561 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1562
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301563 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1564 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1565 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1566 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1567 one that would help mostly the developer.
1568
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001569 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1570 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1571 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1572 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1573 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1574
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001575 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1576 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1577 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1578 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1579 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1580 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1581
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001582 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1583 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1584 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1585 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1586
1587 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1588 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1589 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1590 sending again an USB request to the device.
1591
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001592- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
1593 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1594 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1595 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1596 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1597 used on Android devices.
1598 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1599
1600 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1601 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1602 image format header.
1603
1604 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
1605 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1606 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1607 downloaded images.
1608
1609 CONFIG_USB_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
1610 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1611 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1612 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1613
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001614- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1615 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1616 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1617 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1618
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001619 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1620 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001621 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1622
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001623 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001624 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1625 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1626
1627 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001628 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001629 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1630 have not defined a custom partition
1631
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001632- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1633 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001634
1635 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1636 file in FAT formatted partition.
1637
1638 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1639 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001640
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001641CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1642 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1643
1644 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1645 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1646 and cbfsload.
1647
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001648- Keyboard Support:
1649 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1650
1651 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1652 support
1653
1654 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1655 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1656 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1657 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1658 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1659
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001660 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1661 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1662 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1663 which provides key scans on request.
1664
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001665- Video support:
1666 CONFIG_VIDEO
1667
1668 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1669 video).
1670
1671 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1672
1673 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1674
1675 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001676 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001677 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1678 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1679 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001680
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001681 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001682 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001683 are possible:
1684 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001685 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001686
1687 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1688 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1689 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1690 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1691 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1692 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1693 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001694 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1695
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001696 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001697 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001698
1699
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001700 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001701 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001702 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1703 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1704
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001705 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001706 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001707 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1708 support, and should also define these other macros:
1709
1710 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1711 CONFIG_VIDEO
1712 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1713 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1714 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1715 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1716 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1717 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1718
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001719 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1720 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1721 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1722 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001723
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001724 CONFIG_VIDEO_VGA
1725
1726 Enable the VGA video / BIOS for x86. The alternative if you
1727 are using coreboot is to use the coreboot frame buffer
1728 driver.
1729
1730
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001731- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001732 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001733
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001734 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1735 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1736 defined in your board-specific files.
1737 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001738
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001739- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1740
1741 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1742 display); also select one of the supported displays
1743 by defining one of these:
1744
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001745 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1746
1747 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1748
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001749 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001750
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001751 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001752
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001753 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001754
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001755 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1756 Active, color, single scan.
1757
1758 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1759
1760 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001761 Active, color, single scan.
1762
1763 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1764
1765 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1766 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1767
1768 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1769
1770 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1771 Active, color, single scan.
1772
1773 CONFIG_HLD1045
1774
1775 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1776 Active, color, single scan.
1777
1778 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1779
1780 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1781 or
1782 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1783 or
1784 Hitachi SP14Q002
1785
1786 320x240. Black & white.
1787
1788 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001789 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001790
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001791 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1792
1793 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (tyically 4KB). If this is
1794 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1795 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1796 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1797 a per-section basis.
1798
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001799 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1800
1801 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1802 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1803 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1804 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001805
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001806 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1807
1808 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1809
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001810 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1811
1812 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1813 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1814
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001815- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001816
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001817 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1818 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1819 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001820 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001821 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1822 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1823 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1824 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001825
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001826 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1827
1828 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1829 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001830 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001831 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1832 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1833 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1834 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1835 there is no need to set this option.
1836
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001837 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1838
1839 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1840 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1841 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1842 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1843 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1844 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1845
1846 Example:
1847 setenv splashpos m,m
1848 => image at center of screen
1849
1850 setenv splashpos 30,20
1851 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1852
1853 setenv splashpos -10,m
1854 => vertically centered image
1855 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1856
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001857- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1858
1859 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1860 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1861 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1862
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001863- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1864
1865 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1866 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1867 bmp command.
1868
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00001869- Do compresssing for memory range:
1870 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
1871
1872 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
1873 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
1874
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001875- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001876 CONFIG_GZIP
1877
1878 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
1879
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001880 CONFIG_BZIP2
1881
1882 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1883 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1884 compressed images are supported.
1885
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001886 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001887 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001888 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001889
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001890 CONFIG_LZMA
1891
1892 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1893 images is included.
1894
1895 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1896 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1897 formula:
1898
1899 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1900
1901 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1902 and Literal pos bits.
1903
1904 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1905 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1906 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1907 a very small buffer.
1908
1909 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1910 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001911 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001912
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07001913 CONFIG_LZO
1914
1915 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
1916 is included.
1917
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001918- MII/PHY support:
1919 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1920
1921 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1922
1923 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1924
1925 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1926
1927 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1928
1929 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001930 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001931
1932 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1933
1934 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1935 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1936 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1937 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1938
1939 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1940
1941 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1942 command issued before MII status register can be read
1943
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001944- Ethernet address:
1945 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001946 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001947 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1948 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001949 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1950 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001951
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001952 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1953 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001954 is not determined automatically.
1955
1956- IP address:
1957 CONFIG_IPADDR
1958
1959 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001960 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001961 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001962 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001963
1964- Server IP address:
1965 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1966
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001967 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001968 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001969 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001970
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001971 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1972
1973 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1974 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1975
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001976- Gateway IP address:
1977 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1978
1979 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1980 default router where packets to other networks are
1981 sent to.
1982 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1983
1984- Subnet mask:
1985 CONFIG_NETMASK
1986
1987 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1988 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1989 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1990 forwarded through a router.
1991 (Environment variable "netmask")
1992
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001993- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1994 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1995
1996 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1997 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001998 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001999 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2000 multicast group.
2001
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002002- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2003 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2004
2005 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2006 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2007 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2008 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2009 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2010 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2011 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2012 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002013 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002014
2015 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2016 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2017 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2018 4th and following
2019 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2020
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002021- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002022 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2023 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002024
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002025 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2026 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2027 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2028 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2029 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2030 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2031 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2032 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2033 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2034 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2035 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2036 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002037 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002038
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002039 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2040 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002041
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002042 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2043 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2044 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2045 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2046 is not available.
2047
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002048 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2049 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2050 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2051 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2052 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2053 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2054 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002055 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002056
2057 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2058 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2059 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002060 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002061 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2062 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002063
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002064 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2065
2066 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2067 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2068 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2069 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2070 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2071 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2072 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2073 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2074 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2075 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2076 this delay.
2077
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002078 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2079 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2080 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2081 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2082 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2083
2084 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2085
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002086 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002087 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002088
2089 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2090
2091 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2092
2093 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2094 of the device.
2095
2096 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2097
2098 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2099 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002100 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002101
2102 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2103
2104 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2105 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2106
2107 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2108
2109 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2110
2111 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2112
2113 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2114
2115 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2116
2117 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2118
2119 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2120
2121 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2122 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2123
2124 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2125
2126 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2127
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002128- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2129
2130 Several configurations allow to display the current
2131 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2132 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2133 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2134 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2135 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2136 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2137 feature in U-Boot.
2138
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002139 Additional options:
2140
2141 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2142 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2143 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2144 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2145 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2146
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002147 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2148 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2149 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2150 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2151 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2152 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2153
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002154- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2155
2156 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2157 on those systems that support this (optional)
2158 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2159
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002160- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002161
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002162 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2163 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2164 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2165 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2166 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2167 interface.
2168
2169 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002170 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2171 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2172 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2173 for defining speed and slave address
2174 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2175 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2176 for defining speed and slave address
2177 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2178 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2179 for defining speed and slave address
2180 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2181 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2182 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002183
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002184 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2185 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2186 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2187 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2188 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2189 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002190 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002191 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2192 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2193 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2194 second bus.
2195
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002196 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002197 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2198 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2199 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002200
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002201 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2202 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2203 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2204 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2205
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002206 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2207 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2208 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2209 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2210 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2211 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2212 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2213 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
2214 If thoses defines are not set, default value is 100000
2215 for speed, and 0 for slave.
2216
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002217 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2218 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2219 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2220
2221 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2222 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2223 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2224 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2225 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2226 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2227 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2228 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2229 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2230
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002231 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2232 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2233 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2234
2235 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2236 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2237 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2238 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2239 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2240 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2241 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2242 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2243 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2244 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2245 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2246 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
2247 - CONFIF_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for nummber of i2c buses
2248
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002249 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2250 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2251 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2252 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2253 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2254 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2255 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2256 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2257 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2258 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2259 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2260 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2261
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002262 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2263 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2264 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2265 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2266
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302267 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2268 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2269 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2270 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2271 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2272
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002273 additional defines:
2274
2275 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
2276 Hold the number of i2c busses you want to use. If you
2277 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2278 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2279 omit this define.
2280
2281 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2282 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2283 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2284 omit this define.
2285
2286 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2287 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2288 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2289 define.
2290
2291 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
2292 hold a list of busses you want to use, only used if
2293 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2294 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2295 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2296
2297 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2298 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2299 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2300 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2301 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2302 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2303 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2304 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2305 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2306 }
2307
2308 which defines
2309 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002310 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2311 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2312 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2313 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2314 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002315 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002316 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2317 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002318
2319 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2320
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002321- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002322
2323 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2324 provides the following compelling advantages:
2325
2326 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2327 - approved multibus support
2328 - better i2c mux support
2329
2330 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2331
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002332 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2333 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2334 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002335
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002336 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002337 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002338 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2339 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002340 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002341
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002342 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002343
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002344 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002345 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002347 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002348 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002349 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002350 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002351
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002352 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002353 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002354 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2355 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2356 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002357
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002358 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2359
2360 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2361 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2362 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2363 commands until the slave device responds.
2364
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002365 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002366
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002367 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002368 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2369 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002370
2371 I2C_INIT
2372
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002373 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002374 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002375
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002376 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002377
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002378 I2C_PORT
2379
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002380 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2381 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2382 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002383
2384 I2C_ACTIVE
2385
2386 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2387 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2388 define can be null.
2389
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002390 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2391
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002392 I2C_TRISTATE
2393
2394 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2395 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2396 define can be null.
2397
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002398 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2399
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002400 I2C_READ
2401
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002402 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2403 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002404
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002405 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2406
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002407 I2C_SDA(bit)
2408
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002409 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2410 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002411
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002412 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002413 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002414 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002415
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002416 I2C_SCL(bit)
2417
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002418 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2419 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002420
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002421 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002422 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002423 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002424
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002425 I2C_DELAY
2426
2427 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2428 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002429 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002430 like:
2431
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002432 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002433
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002434 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2435
2436 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2437 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2438 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2439 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2440
2441 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2442 the generic GPIO functions.
2443
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002444 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002445
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002446 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2447 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2448 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2449 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2450 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2451 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2452 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2453 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002454
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002455 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2456
2457 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2458 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2459 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2460 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2461 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2462 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2463 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2464 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2465
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002466 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2467
2468 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2469 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2470 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2471
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002472 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2473
2474 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002475 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2476 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002477 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2478
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002479 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002480
2481 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002482 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002483 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2484 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002485
2486 e.g.
2487 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002488 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002489
2490 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2491
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002492 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002493 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002494
2495 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2496
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002497 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002498
2499 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2500 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2501
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002502 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002503
2504 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2505 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2506
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002507 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002508
2509 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2510 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2511
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002512 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002513
2514 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2515 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2516 specified DTT device.
2517
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002518 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2519
2520 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2521 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2522 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2523 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2524 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2525 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2526 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002527
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002528- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2529
2530 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2531 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2532 D/As on the SACSng board)
2533
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002534 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2535
2536 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2537 only SH7757 is supported.
2538
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002539 CONFIG_SPI_X
2540
2541 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2542 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2543
2544 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2545
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002546 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2547 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2548 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2549 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2550 defined, the board configuration must define several
2551 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2552 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002553
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002554 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2555
2556 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2557 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2558 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002559 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002560 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2561
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002562 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2563
2564 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002565 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002566
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002567- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2568
2569 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2570
2571 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2572
2573 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2574 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2575
2576 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2577
2578 Enables support for FPGA family.
2579 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2580
2581 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002582
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002583 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002584
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302585 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2586
2587 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2588
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002589 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2590
2591 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2592
2593 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2594
2595 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2596 (Xilinx only)
2597
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002598 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002599
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002600 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002601
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002602 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002603
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002604 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2605 status by the configuration function. This option
2606 will require a board or device specific function to
2607 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002608
2609 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2610
2611 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2612 configuration driver.
2613
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002614 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002615 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2616
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002617 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002618
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002619 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2620 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2621 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2622 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002623
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002624 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002625
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002626 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2627 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2628 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002629 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002630
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002631 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002632
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002633 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002634 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002635
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002636 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002637
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002638 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002639 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002640
2641- Configuration Management:
2642 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2643
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002644 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2645 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002646
2647- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2648
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002649 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2650 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002651 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002652 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2653 protects these variables from casual modification by
2654 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2655 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002656 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002657
2658 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2659 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002660 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002661 these parameters.
2662
2663 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2664 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002665 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002666 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2667 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2668 read-only.]
2669
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002670 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2671 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2672 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2673 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2674
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002675- Protected RAM:
2676 CONFIG_PRAM
2677
2678 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2679 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2680 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2681 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2682 this default value by defining an environment
2683 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2684 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2685 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2686 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2687 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2688 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2689 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2690
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002691 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002692 saveenv
2693
2694 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2695 either, which results in a memory region that will
2696 not be affected by reboots.
2697
2698 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2699 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2700 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2701 following board configurations are known to be
2702 "pRAM-clean":
2703
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002704 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2705 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002706 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002707
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002708- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2709 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2710 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2711 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2712 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2713 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2714 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2715
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002716- Error Recovery:
2717 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2718
2719 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2720 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2721 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002722 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002723 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2724 useful during development since you can try to debug
2725 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2726
2727 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2728
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002729 This variable defines the number of retries for
2730 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2731 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2732 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002733
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002734 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2735
2736 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2737
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002738 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2739
2740 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2741 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2742 try longer timeout such as
2743 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2744
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002745- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002746 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002747
2748 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2749
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002750 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2751 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002752
2753
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002754 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002755
2756 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2757 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2758 powerful command line syntax like
2759 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2760 constructs ("shell scripts").
2761
2762 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2763 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2764
2765
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002766 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002767
2768 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2769 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2770 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2771
2772 Note:
2773
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002774 In the current implementation, the local variables
2775 space and global environment variables space are
2776 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2777 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2778 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2779 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2780 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002781
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002782 Global environment variables are those you use
2783 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2784 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2785 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002786
2787 To store commands and special characters in a
2788 variable, please use double quotation marks
2789 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2790 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2791 symbols.
2792
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002793- Commandline Editing and History:
2794 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2795
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002796 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002797 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002798
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002799- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002800 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2801
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002802 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2803 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002804 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002805
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002806 For example, place something like this in your
2807 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002808
2809 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2810 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2811 "myvar2=value2\0"
2812
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002813 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2814 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2815 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2816 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002817 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002818 You better know what you are doing here.
2819
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002820 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2821 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002822 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002823 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002824
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00002825 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
2826
2827 Define this in order to add variables describing the
2828 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
2829 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
2830
2831 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
2832
2833 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
2834 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
2835 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
2836 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
2837 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
2838
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00002839 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
2840
2841 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
2842 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
2843 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
2844
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00002845 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
2846
2847 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
2848 intialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
2849 that so that the environment is not available until
2850 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
2851 this is instead controlled by the value of
2852 /config/load-environment.
2853
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002854- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002855 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2856
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002857 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2858 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2859 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002860
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002861- Serial Flash support
2862 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2863
2864 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2865 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2866
2867 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2868 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2869 commands.
2870
2871 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2872 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2873 flash is present on the system.
2874
2875 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2876 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2877 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2878 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2879
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00002880 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
2881
2882 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
2883 test ('sf test').
2884
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki1dcd6d02013-06-19 15:33:58 +05302885 CONFIG_SPI_FLASH_BAR Ban/Extended Addr Reg
2886
2887 Define this option to use the Bank addr/Extended addr
2888 support on SPI flashes which has size > 16Mbytes.
2889
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05302890 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
2891
2892 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
2893 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
2894 currently Xilinx Zynq qspi support these type of connections.
2895
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002896- SystemACE Support:
2897 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2898
2899 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2900 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002901 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002902 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002903
2904 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002905 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002906
2907 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2908 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2909
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002910- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2911 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2912
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002913 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002914 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002915 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002916 number generator is used.
2917
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002918 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2919 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2920 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2921
2922 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002923 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2924 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2925 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2926 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2927 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2928 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2929
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00002930- Hashing support:
2931 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
2932
2933 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
2934 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
2935
2936 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
2937
2938 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
2939 size a little.
2940
2941 CONFIG_SHA1 - support SHA1 hashing
2942 CONFIG_SHA256 - support SHA256 hashing
2943
2944 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
2945 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
2946
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07002947- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
2948 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
2949 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
2950 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
2951
2952 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
2953 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
2954 a boot from specific media.
2955
2956 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
2957 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
2958 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
2959 will set it back to normal. This command currently
2960 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
2961
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002962- Signing support:
2963 CONFIG_RSA
2964
2965 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01002966 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002967
2968 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
2969 option.
2970
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01002971- bootcount support:
2972 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
2973
2974 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
2975 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
2976
2977 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
2978 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
2979 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
2980 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
2981 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
2982 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
2983 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
2984 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
2985 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
2986 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
2987 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
2988 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
2989 the bootcounter.
2990 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07002991
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002992- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002993 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2994
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002995 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2996 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2997 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2998 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2999 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3000 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003001
Simon Glass3a608ca2012-02-13 13:51:19 +00003002- Detailed boot stage timing
3003 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE
3004 Define this option to get detailed timing of each stage
3005 of the boot process.
3006
3007 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_USER_COUNT
3008 This is the number of available user bootstage records.
3009 Each time you call bootstage_mark(BOOTSTAGE_ID_ALLOC, ...)
3010 a new ID will be allocated from this stash. If you exceed
3011 the limit, recording will stop.
3012
3013 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_REPORT
3014 Define this to print a report before boot, similar to this:
3015
3016 Timer summary in microseconds:
3017 Mark Elapsed Stage
3018 0 0 reset
3019 3,575,678 3,575,678 board_init_f start
3020 3,575,695 17 arch_cpu_init A9
3021 3,575,777 82 arch_cpu_init done
3022 3,659,598 83,821 board_init_r start
3023 3,910,375 250,777 main_loop
3024 29,916,167 26,005,792 bootm_start
3025 30,361,327 445,160 start_kernel
3026
Simon Glass2eba38c2012-09-28 08:56:39 +00003027 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTSTAGE
3028 Add a 'bootstage' command which supports printing a report
3029 and un/stashing of bootstage data.
3030
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003031 CONFIG_BOOTSTAGE_FDT
3032 Stash the bootstage information in the FDT. A root 'bootstage'
3033 node is created with each bootstage id as a child. Each child
3034 has a 'name' property and either 'mark' containing the
3035 mark time in microsecond, or 'accum' containing the
3036 accumulated time for that bootstage id in microseconds.
3037 For example:
3038
3039 bootstage {
3040 154 {
3041 name = "board_init_f";
3042 mark = <3575678>;
3043 };
3044 170 {
3045 name = "lcd";
3046 accum = <33482>;
3047 };
3048 };
3049
3050 Code in the Linux kernel can find this in /proc/devicetree.
3051
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003052Legacy uImage format:
3053
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003054 Arg Where When
3055 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003056 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003057 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003058 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003059 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003060 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003061 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3062 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3063 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003064 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003065 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3066 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3067 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3068 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003069 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003070 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003071
3072 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3073 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3074 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3075 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3076 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3077 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3078 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003079 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003080 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3081 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3082
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003083 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003084
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003085 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003086 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3087 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003088
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003089 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3090 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3091 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3092 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3093 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3094 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3095 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3096 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3097 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3098 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3099 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3100 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3101 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3102 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3103 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3104 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3105 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3106 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3107 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3108 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3109 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3110 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3111 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3112 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3113 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3114 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3115 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3116 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3117 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3118 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3119 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3120 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3121 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3122 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3123 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3124 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3125 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3126 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3127 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3128 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3129 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3130 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3131 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3132 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3133 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3134 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3135 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003136
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003137 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003138
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003139 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003140 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3141 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003142
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003143 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
3144 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003145 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003146 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
3147 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3148 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003149 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3150 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003151 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003152
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003153FIT uImage format:
3154
3155 Arg Where When
3156 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3157 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3158 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3159 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3160 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3161 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003162 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003163 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3164 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3165 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3166 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3167 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003168 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3169 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003170 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3171 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3172 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3173 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3174 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3175 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3176 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3177 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3178
3179 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3180 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3181 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003182 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003183 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3184 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3185 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3186 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3187 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3188 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3189 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3190 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3191 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3192 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3193 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3194 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3195
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003196 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003197 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3198
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003199 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003200 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3201
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003202 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003203 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3204
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003205- FIT image support:
3206 CONFIG_FIT
3207 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3208
3209 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3210 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3211 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3212 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3213 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3214 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3215
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003216 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3217 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
3218 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. See
3219 doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
3220
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003221- Standalone program support:
3222 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3223
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003224 This option defines a board specific value for the
3225 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3226 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003227 settings.
3228
3229- Frame Buffer Address:
3230 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3231
3232 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003233 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3234 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3235 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3236 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3237 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3238 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3239 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003240
3241 Please see board_init_f function.
3242
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003243- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3244 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3245 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3246 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3247
3248 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3249 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3250
3251- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3252 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3253
3254 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3255 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3256
3257 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3258
3259 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3260 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3261
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003262- UBI support
3263 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3264
3265 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3266 with the UBI flash translation layer
3267
3268 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3269
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003270 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3271
3272 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3273 warnings and errors enabled.
3274
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003275- UBIFS support
3276 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3277
3278 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3279 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3280
3281 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3282
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003283 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3284
3285 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3286 warnings and errors enabled.
3287
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003288- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003289 CONFIG_SPL
3290 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003291
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003292 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3293 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3294
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003295 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3296 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3297 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3298 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003299 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003300 must not be both defined at the same time.
3301
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003302 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003303 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3304 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3305 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3306 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003307
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003308 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3309 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003310
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003311 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3312 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3313 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3314
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003315 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3316 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3317
3318 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003319 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3320 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3321 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003322 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003323 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003324
3325 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3326 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3327
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003328 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3329 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3330 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3331 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3332
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003333 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3334 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3335
3336 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3337 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003338
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003339 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3340 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3341 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3342 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3343
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003344 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3345 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3346 See also: doc/README.falcon
3347
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003348 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3349 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3350 about the running system.
3351
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003352 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3353 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3354
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003355 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3356 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003357
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003358 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3359 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003360
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003361 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3362 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003363
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003364 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3365 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003366
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003367 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3368 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003369
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003370 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3371 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
3372 CONFIG_SYS_MMC_SD_FAT_BOOT_PARTITION
3373 Address, size and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
3374 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3375
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003376 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3377 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3378 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3379
3380 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3381 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3382 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3383 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3384 (for falcon mode)
3385
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003386 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3387 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3388
3389 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3390 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from FAT
3391
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003392 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
3393 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
3394 from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3395
3396 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
3397 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
3398 when reading from FAT (for Falcon mode)
3399
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003400 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3401 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3402 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3403 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3404 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3405
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303406 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3407 Avoid SPL relocation
3408
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003409 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3410 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3411 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3412
3413 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3414 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3415
3416 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3417 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3418
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003419 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003420 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3421 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003422
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003423 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3424 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3425 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3426
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003427 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3428 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003429 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003430
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003431 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3432 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3433 SPL binary.
3434
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003435 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3436 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3437 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3438 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3439 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3440 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003441 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003442
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303443 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3444 Add support NAND boot
3445
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003446 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003447 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3448
3449 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3450 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3451
3452 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3453 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003454
3455 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003456 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003457
3458 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3459 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
3460 data. This is used for example on davinci plattforms.
3461
3462 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3463 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3464 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3465
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003466 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3467 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003468
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003469 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3470 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003471
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003472 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3473 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003474
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003475 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3476 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3477
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003478 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3479 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003480
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003481 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3482 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3483
3484 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3485 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3486 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3487 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3488
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003489 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003490 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3491 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3492 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3493 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3494 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003495
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003496 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3497 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3498 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3499 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3500
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003501 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3502 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3503 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3504 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3505 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3506
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003507- TPL framework
3508 CONFIG_TPL
3509 Enable building of TPL globally.
3510
3511 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3512 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3513 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003514 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3515 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3516 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003517
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003518Modem Support:
3519--------------
3520
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003521[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003522
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003523- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003524 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3525
3526- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3527 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3528
3529- Modem debug support:
3530 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3531
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003532 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3533 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003534
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003535- Interrupt support (PPC):
3536
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003537 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3538 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003539 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003540 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003541 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003542 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003543 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003544 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3545 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3546 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003547
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003548- General:
3549
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003550 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3551 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3552 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003553 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003554 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3555 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3556 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003557
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003558 If there are no modem init strings in the
3559 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3560 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003561 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003562
3563 See also: doc/README.Modem
3564
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003565Board initialization settings:
3566------------------------------
3567
3568During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3569to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3570before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3571following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3572architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3573typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3574
3575- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3576- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3577- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3578- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003579
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003580Configuration Settings:
3581-----------------------
3582
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003583- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3584 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3585
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003586- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003587 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3588
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003589- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3590 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3591
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003592- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003593 prompt for user input.
3594
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003595- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003596
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003597- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003598
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003599- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003600
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003601- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003602 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3603 booted
3604
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003605- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003606 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3607
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003608- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003609 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003610
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003611- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003612 If the board specific function
3613 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3614 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003615 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3616
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003617- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003618 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003619
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003620- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003621 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3622
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003623- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003624 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3625 simple memory test.
3626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003627- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003628 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003629
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003630- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003631 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3632 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3633
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003634- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3635 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003636 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003637 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003638 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3639 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3640 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003641 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003642 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003643 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003644
3645 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3646 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3647 be touched.
3648
3649 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3650 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3651 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3652 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3653 problems.
3654
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003655- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003656 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3657
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003658- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003659 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3660
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003661- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003662 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3663 Cogent motherboard)
3664
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003665- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003666 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3667
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003668- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003669 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3670 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003671 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003672 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003673
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003674- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003675 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3676 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3677 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3678 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003679
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003680- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003681 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3682
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003683- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003684 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3685 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003686 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003687 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3688
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003689- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003690 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3691 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003692 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3693 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003694 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003695 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003696 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003697 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3698 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3699 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003700
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06003701- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
3702 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
3703 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
3704 is enabled.
3705
3706- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
3707 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
3708 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3709
3710- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
3711 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
3712 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
3713
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003714- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003715 Max number of Flash memory banks
3716
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003717- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003718 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
3719
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003720- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003721 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
3722
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003723- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003724 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
3725
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003726- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003727 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
3728
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003729- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003730 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
3731
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003732- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00003733 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
3734 instead of U-Boot software protection.
3735
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003736- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003737
3738 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
3739 without this option such a download has to be
3740 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
3741 copy from RAM to flash.
3742
3743 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
3744 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003745 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
3746 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003747 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
3748
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003749- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003750 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003751 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
3752
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02003753- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00003754 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
3755 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003756
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01003757- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
3758 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
3759 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
3760 to the MTD layer.
3761
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003762- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02003763 Use buffered writes to flash.
3764
3765- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
3766 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
3767 write commands.
3768
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003769- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01003770 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
3771 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
3772 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
3773 optionally available.
3774
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05003775- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
3776 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
3777 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
3778 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
3779
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02003780- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
3781 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
3782 against the source after the write operation. An error message
3783 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
3784 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
3785 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
3786 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
3787 this option if you really know what you are doing.
3788
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003789- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003790 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
3791 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003792 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
3793 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003794 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00003795 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
3796
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003797- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
3798
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02003799 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
3800 internally to store the environment settings. The default
3801 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
3802 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
3803 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02003804
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003805- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3806- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003807 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003808 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
3809 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
3810 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
3811
3812 The format of the list is:
3813 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003814 access_atribute = [a|r|o|c]
3815 attributes = type_attribute[access_atribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003816 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
3817 list = entry[,list]
3818
3819 The type attributes are:
3820 s - String (default)
3821 d - Decimal
3822 x - Hexadecimal
3823 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
3824 i - IP address
3825 m - MAC address
3826
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003827 The access attributes are:
3828 a - Any (default)
3829 r - Read-only
3830 o - Write-once
3831 c - Change-default
3832
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06003833 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
3834 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
3835 envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
3836
3837 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
3838 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
3839 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
3840 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
3841 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
3842 ".flags" variable.
3843
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06003844- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
3845 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
3846 access flags.
3847
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00003848- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
3849 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
3850 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
3851 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
3852 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
3853 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
3854 must support it (i.e. must define __HAVE_ARCH_GENERIC_BOARD in
3855 its config.mk file). If you find problems enabling this option on
3856 your board please report the problem and send patches!
3857
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00003858- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
3859 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
3860 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
3861 the value can be calulated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00003862
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003863The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
3864of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
3865following configurations:
3866
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00003867- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
3868
3869 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
3870 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
3871
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003872- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003873
3874 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
3875
3876 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
3877 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
3878 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
3879 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
3880 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
3881 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
3882 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
3883 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
3884 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
3885 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
3886 between U-Boot and the environment.
3887
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003888 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003889
3890 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
3891 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
3892 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
3893 for this sector is given here.
3894
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003895 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003896
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003897 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003898
3899 This is just another way to specify the start address of
3900 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003901 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003902
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003903 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003904
3905 Size of the sector containing the environment.
3906
3907
3908 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
3909 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
3910 the environment.
3911
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003912 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003913
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02003914 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003915 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003916 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
3917 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
3918
3919 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
3920 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
3921 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
3922 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
3923 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
3924 updating the environment in flash makes it always
3925 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
3926 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
3927 RAM, your target system will be dead.
3928
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003929 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
3930 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003931
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003932 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003933 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00003934 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003935 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003936
3937BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
3938source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
3939accordingly!
3940
3941
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02003942- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003943
3944 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
3945 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
3946 environment.
3947
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003948 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
3949 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003950
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003951 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003952 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
3953 can just be read and written to, without any special
3954 provision.
3955
3956BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
3957in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003958console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003959U-Boot will hang.
3960
3961Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
3962environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
3963keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
3964to save the current settings.
3965
3966
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02003967- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003968
3969 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
3970 device and a driver for it.
3971
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02003972 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
3973 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003974
3975 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
3976 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
3977
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003978 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003979 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
3980 The default address is zero.
3981
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003982 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003983 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
3984 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
3985 would require six bits.
3986
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003987 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003988 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003989 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003990
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003991 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003992 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
3993 that this is NOT the chip address length!
3994
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003995 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003996 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
3997 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
3998 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
3999 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4000 byte chips.
4001
4002 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4003 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4004 in the chip address.
4005
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004006 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004007 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4008
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004009 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4010 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4011 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4012
4013 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4014 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4015 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4016 EEPROM. For example:
4017
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004018 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004019
4020 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4021 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004022
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004023- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004024
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004025 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004026 want to use for the environment.
4027
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004028 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4029 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4030 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004031
4032 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4033 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4034 at the specified address.
4035
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004036- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4037
4038 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4039 want to use for the local device's environment.
4040
4041 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4042 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4043
4044 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4045 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4046 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004047 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004048
4049BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4050"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004051environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4052but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004053
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004054- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004055
4056 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4057 for the environment.
4058
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004059 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4060 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004061
4062 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004063 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4064 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004065
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004066 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004067
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004068 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004069 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4070 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004071 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004072 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004073
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004074 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4075
4076 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4077 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4078 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4079 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4080 the range to be avoided.
4081
4082 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4083
4084 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4085 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4086 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4087 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4088 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004089
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004090- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4091
4092 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4093 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4094 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4095
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004096- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4097
4098 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4099 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4100 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4101
4102 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4103
4104 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4105
4106 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4107
4108 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4109 environment in.
4110
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004111 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4112
4113 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4114 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4115 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4116
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004117 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4118 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4119
4120 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4121 when storing the env in UBI.
4122
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004123- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4124
4125 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4126 environment.
4127
4128 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4129
4130 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4131
4132 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4133
4134 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4135 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4136 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4137
4138 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4139 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4140
4141 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4142 area within the specified MMC device.
4143
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004144 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4145 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4146 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4147 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4148 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4149 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4150 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4151
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004152 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4153 MMC sector boundary.
4154
4155 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4156
4157 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4158 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4159 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4160 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4161
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004162 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4163 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4164
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004165 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4166 an MMC sector boundary.
4167
4168 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4169
4170 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4171 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4172 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4173
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004174- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004175
4176 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4177 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4178 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4179 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4180 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4181 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4182 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4183
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004184Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004185has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004186created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004187until then to read environment variables.
4188
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004189The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4190is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4191with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4192necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4193"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4194have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004195
4196Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4197the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004198use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004199
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004200- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004201 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004202
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004203 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004204 also needs to be defined.
4205
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004206- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004207 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004208
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004209- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4210 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4211 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4212 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4213 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4214 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4215
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004216- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4217 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4218 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4219 to do this.
4220
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004221- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4222 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4223 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4224 present.
4225
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004226Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004227---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004228
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004229- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004230 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4231
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004232- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004233 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004234
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004235 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4236 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4237 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004238
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004239- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4240 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4241 PowerPC SOCs.
4242
4243- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4244 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4245 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4246
4247 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4248 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4249
4250- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4251 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4252 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004253 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004254 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4255 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4256 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4257
4258 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4259 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4260
4261- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004262 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4263 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004264 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4265 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4266
4267- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4268 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4269 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4270 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4271
4272- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4273 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4274 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4275
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004276- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004277 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004278
4279 the default drive number (default value 0)
4280
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004281 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004282
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004283 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004284 (default value 1)
4285
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004286 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004287
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004288 defines the offset of register from address. It
4289 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004290 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004291
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004292 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4293 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004294 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004295
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004296 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004297 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4298 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
4299 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
4300 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004301
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004302- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4303 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4304 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4305 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4306 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4307 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
4308 is requierd.
4309
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004310- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004311 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004312 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004313
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004314- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004315
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004316 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004317 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4318 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4319 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4320 will become available only after programming the
4321 memory controller and running certain initialization
4322 sequences.
4323
4324 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4325 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4326 - MPC824X: data cache
4327 - PPC4xx: data cache
4328
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004329- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004330
4331 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004332 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4333 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004334 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004335 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004336 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4337 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4338 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004339
4340 Note:
4341 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4342 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004343 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004344 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4345 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4346
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004347- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004348
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004349- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004351- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004352
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004353- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004354
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004355- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004356
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004357- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004358
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004359- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004360 SDRAM timing
4361
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004362- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004363 periodic timer for refresh
4364
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004365- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004366
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004367- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4368 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4369 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4370 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004371 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4372
4373- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004374 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4375 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004376 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4377
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004378- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4379 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004380 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4381 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4382
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004383- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004384 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4385 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4386
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004387- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004388 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4389 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4390
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004391- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004392 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4393 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4394
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004395- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004396 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4397 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4398 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4399
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004400- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004401 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4402 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4403 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4404 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004405
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004406- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4407 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4408 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4409 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4410 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4411 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4412 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4413 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004414 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004415
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004416- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4417 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4418 required.
4419
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004420- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
4421 Only scan through and get the devices on the busses.
4422 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4423 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4424 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4425 by coreboot or similar.
4426
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004427- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4428 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4429
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004430- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4431 Chip has SRIO or not
4432
4433- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4434 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4435
4436- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4437 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4438
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004439- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4440 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4441
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004442- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4443 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4444
4445- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4446 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4447
4448- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4449 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4450
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004451- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4452 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4453 a 16 bit bus.
4454 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004455 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004456 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004457 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004458
4459- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4460 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4461 a default value will be used.
4462
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004463- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004464 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4465 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4466
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004467 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4468 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4469
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004470- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004471 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4472 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4473 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004474
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004475- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4476 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4477 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4478 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4479 header files or board specific files.
4480
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004481- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4482 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4483
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004484- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004485 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4486 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004487
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004488- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4489 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4490
4491- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4492 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004493 to the given FEC; i. e.
4494 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004495 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4496
4497 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4498
4499- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4500 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4501 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4502
4503- CONFIG_RMII
4504 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4505 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4506 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4507
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004508- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4509 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4510 The syntax is:
4511
4512 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4513
4514 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4515 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4516 area should have.
4517
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004518- CONFIG_LOOPW
4519 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004520 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004521
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004522- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4523 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4524 "md/mw" commands.
4525 Examples:
4526
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004527 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004528 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4529
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004530 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004531 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4532
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004533 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004534 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004535
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004536- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004537 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004538 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4539 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4540 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004541
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004542 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4543 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4544 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4545 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004546
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004547- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004548 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4549 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4550 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004551
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004552- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4553 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4554 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4555 It is loaded by the SPL.
4556
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004557- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4558 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4559 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4560 previous 4k of the .text section.
4561
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004562- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4563 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4564 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4565 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4566 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4567 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4568 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4569 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4570
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004571- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4572 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4573 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4574 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4575 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4576
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004577- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4578 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4579 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004580
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004581- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4582 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4583
4584 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004585
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004586- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4587 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4588
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004589- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4590 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4591 driver that uses this:
4592 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4593
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004594Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4595-----------------------------------
4596
4597The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4598loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4599This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4600are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4601within that device.
4602
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004603- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4604 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4605 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4606 is also specified.
4607
4608- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
4609 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004610 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4611 is also specified.
4612
4613- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
4614 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
4615 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
4616 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
4617 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
4618
4619- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
4620 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
4621 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
4622 virtual address in NOR flash.
4623
4624- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
4625 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
4626 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
4627
4628- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
4629 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
4630 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4631
4632- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
4633 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
4634 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
4635
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00004636- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
4637 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
4638 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004639 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
4640 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
4641 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004642
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004643Building the Software:
4644======================
4645
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004646Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
4647and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
4648all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
4649(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
4650recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
4651which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004652
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004653If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
4654have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
4655you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
4656Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
4657necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004658
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004659 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
4660 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004661
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05004662Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
4663 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
4664 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
4665 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
4666
4667 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
4668
4669 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
4670 be executed on computers running Windows.
4671
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004672U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
4673sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004674is done by typing:
4675
4676 make NAME_config
4677
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004678where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004679rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00004680
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004681Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
4682 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
4683 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
4684 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004685 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004686
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004687 make TQM823L_config
4688 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004690 make TQM823L_LCD_config
4691 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004693 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004694
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004696Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
4697images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004698
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004699- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
4700- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
4701- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004702
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004703By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
4704in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
4705this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
4706
47071. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
4708
4709 make O=/tmp/build distclean
4710 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
4711 make O=/tmp/build all
4712
47132. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
4714
4715 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4716 make distclean
4717 make NAME_config
4718 make all
4719
4720Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
4721variable.
4722
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004723
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004724Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
4725for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
4726native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004727
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004729If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
4730to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
4731steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004732
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000047331. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00004734 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
4735 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000047362. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
4737 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
4738 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
47393. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
4740 your board
47413. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
4742 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
47434. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
47445. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
4745 to be installed on your target system.
47466. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
4747 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004749
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004750Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
4751==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004752
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004753If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
4754or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004755provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
4756the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004757official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004758
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004759But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
4760cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004761the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
4762just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004763for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
4764select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
4765environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
4766you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004767
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004768 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004769
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004770or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004771
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004772 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004773
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004774When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
4775U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
4776setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
4777built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
4778<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
4779location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
4780variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004781
4782 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
4783 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
4784 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
4785
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004786With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
4787log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
4788during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02004789
4790
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004791See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004792
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004794Monitor Commands - Overview:
4795============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004796
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004797go - start application at address 'addr'
4798run - run commands in an environment variable
4799bootm - boot application image from memory
4800bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00004801bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004802tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
4803 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
4804 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00004805tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004806rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
4807diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
4808loads - load S-Record file over serial line
4809loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
4810md - memory display
4811mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
4812nm - memory modify (constant address)
4813mw - memory write (fill)
4814cp - memory copy
4815cmp - memory compare
4816crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05004817i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004818sspi - SPI utility commands
4819base - print or set address offset
4820printenv- print environment variables
4821setenv - set environment variables
4822saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
4823protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
4824erase - erase FLASH memory
4825flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00004826nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004827bdinfo - print Board Info structure
4828iminfo - print header information for application image
4829coninfo - print console devices and informations
4830ide - IDE sub-system
4831loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004832loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004833mtest - simple RAM test
4834icache - enable or disable instruction cache
4835dcache - enable or disable data cache
4836reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
4837echo - echo args to console
4838version - print monitor version
4839help - print online help
4840? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004841
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004842
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004843Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
4844========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004845
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004846TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004847
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004848For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004849
4850
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004851Environment Variables:
4852======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004854U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
4855can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004856
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004857Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
4858"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
4859without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
4860environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
4861working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
4862environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004863
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01004864Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
4865
4866List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004867
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004868 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004869
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004870 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004871
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004872 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004873
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004874 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004875
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004876 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004877
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004878 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4879 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4880 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
4881 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
4882 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
4883 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004884 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
4885 bootm_mapsize.
4886
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004887 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00004888 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
4889 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
4890 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
4891 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
4892 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
4893 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02004894
4895 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
4896 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
4897 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
4898 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
4899 environment variable.
4900
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02004901 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
4902 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
4903 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
4904
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004905 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
4906 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
4907 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
4908 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004910 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
4911 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
4912 be automatically started (by internally calling
4913 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004914
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004915 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
4916 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
4917 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
4918 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
4919 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004920
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004921 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
4922 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00004923 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
4924 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
4925 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
4926 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
4927 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
4928 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
4929 access it during the boot procedure.
4930
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04004931 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
4932 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
4933 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
4934 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
4935 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
4936 must be accessible by the kernel.
4937
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00004938 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
4939 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
4940 defined.
4941
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00004942 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
4943 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
4944 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
4945 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
4946 it must be saved and board must be reset.
4947
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004948 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
4949 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
4950 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
4951 is usually what you want since it allows for
4952 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
4953 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004954 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004955 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
4956 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
4957 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
4958 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004959
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004960 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
4961 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
4962 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
4963 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
4964 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
4965 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004966
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004967 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004968
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004969 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
4970 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
4971 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
4972 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
4973 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
4974 boot time on your system, but requires that this
4975 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00004976
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004977 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004978
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004979 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
4980 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004981
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004982 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004983
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004984 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00004985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004986 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004987
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004988 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004989
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004990 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004991
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004992 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004993
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00004994 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
4995 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004996
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02004997 => setenv ethact FEC
4998 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
4999 => setenv ethact SCC
5000 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005001
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005002 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5003 available network interfaces.
5004 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5005
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005006 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005007 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5008 When set to "once" the network operation will
5009 fail when all the available network interfaces
5010 are tried once without success.
5011 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5012 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005013
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005014 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005015
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005016 silent_linux - If set then linux will be told to boot silently, by
5017 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5018 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5019 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5020 is silent.
5021
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005022 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005023 UDP source port.
5024
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005025 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5026 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5027
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005028 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5029 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5030
5031 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5032 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5033 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5034 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5035 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5036 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5037 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5038
5039 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005040 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005041 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005042
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005043The following image location variables contain the location of images
5044used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5045not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5046variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5047server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5048loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5049flash or offset in NAND flash.
5050
5051*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
5052boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
5053boards use these variables for other purposes.
5054
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005055Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5056----- --------- ----------- --------------
5057u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5058Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5059device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5060ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005061
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005062The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5063updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5064depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005065
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005066 bootfile - see above
5067 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5068 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5069 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5070 hostname - Target hostname
5071 ipaddr - see above
5072 netmask - Subnet Mask
5073 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5074 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005075
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005076
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005077There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005078
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005079 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5080 as type string and/or serial number
5081 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005082
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005083These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5084the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5085once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005086
5087
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005088Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005089
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005090 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5091 with the "version" command. This variable is
5092 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005093
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005094
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005095Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5096only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005097
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005098
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005099Callback functions for environment variables:
5100---------------------------------------------
5101
5102For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
5103when their values are changed. This functionailty allows functions to
5104be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5105deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5106effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5107
5108The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5109U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5110
5111These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5112static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5113in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5114associations. The list must be in the following format:
5115
5116 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5117 list = entry[,list]
5118
5119If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5120Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5121
5122Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5123with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5124override any association in the static list. You can define
5125CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
5126".callbacks" envirnoment variable in the default or embedded environment.
5127
5128
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005129Command Line Parsing:
5130=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005131
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005132There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5133the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005134
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005135Old, simple command line parser:
5136--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005137
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005138- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5139- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005140- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005141- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5142 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005143 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005144- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5145 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005146
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005147Hush shell:
5148-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005149
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005150- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5151 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5152 until...do...done, ...
5153- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5154 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5155 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5156 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005157
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005158General rules:
5159--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005160
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005161(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5162 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5163 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5164 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005165
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005166(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005167 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005168 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5169 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005171Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5172=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005173
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005174Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005175such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5176"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005178Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5179MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5180"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005181
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005182If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5183in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5184ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5185variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005186
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005187o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5188 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005189
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005190o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5191 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5192 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005193
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005194o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5195 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005196
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005197o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5198 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5199 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005200
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005201o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
5202 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005203
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005204If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005205will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005206may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5207The naming convention is as follows:
5208"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005209
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005210Image Formats:
5211==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005212
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005213U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5214images in two formats:
5215
5216New uImage format (FIT)
5217-----------------------
5218
5219Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5220to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5221components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5222SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5223
5224
5225Old uImage format
5226-----------------
5227
5228Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5229preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5230details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005231
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005232* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5233 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005234 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5235 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5236 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005237* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005238 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5239 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005240* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5241* Load Address
5242* Entry Point
5243* Image Name
5244* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005245
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005246The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5247and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5248CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005249
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005250
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005251Linux Support:
5252==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005253
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005254Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5255easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5256U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005257
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005258U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5259special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5260"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5261instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5262serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005263
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005264- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5265 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5266 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005268- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5269 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005270
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005271- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5272 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5273 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5274 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5275 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5276 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005277
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005278
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005279Linux HOWTO:
5280============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005281
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005282Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5283---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005284
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005285U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5286configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5287(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5288Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005289
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005290But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005291
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005292Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5293include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005294Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5295and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005296as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005297
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005298
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005299Configuring the Linux kernel:
5300-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005301
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005302No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5303device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005304
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005305
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005306Building a Linux Image:
5307-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005308
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005309With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5310not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5311"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5312U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5313which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5314100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005315
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005316Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005317
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005318 make TQM850L_config
5319 make oldconfig
5320 make dep
5321 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005322
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005323The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5324encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5325CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005326
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005327* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005328
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005329* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005330
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005331 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5332 -R .note -R .comment \
5333 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005334
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005335* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005336
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005337 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005338
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005339* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005340
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005341 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5342 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5343 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005344
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005345
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005346The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5347with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5348combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5349byte header containing information about target architecture,
5350operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5351stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005352
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005353"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5354print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005355
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005356In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5357contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5358checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005359
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360 tools/mkimage -l image
5361 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005362
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005363The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5364from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005365
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005366 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5367 -n name -d data_file image
5368 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5369 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5370 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5371 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5372 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5373 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5374 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5375 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005376
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005377Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5378address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5379kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005380
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005381- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5382- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005383
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005384So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005385
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005386 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5387 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005388 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005389 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5390 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5391 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5392 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5393 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5394 Load Address: 0x00000000
5395 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005396
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005397To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005398
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005399 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5400 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5401 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5402 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5403 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5404 Load Address: 0x00000000
5405 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005406
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005407NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5408speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5409needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5410need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005411
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005412 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005413 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5414 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005415 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005416 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5417 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5418 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5419 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5420 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5421 Load Address: 0x00000000
5422 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005423
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005424
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005425Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5426when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005427
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005428 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5429 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5430 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5431 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5432 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5433 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5434 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5435 Load Address: 0x00000000
5436 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005437
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005438The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5439option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5440option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5441from the image:
5442
5443 tools/dumpimage -i image -p position data_file
5444 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file', \
5445 indexed by 'position'
5446
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005447
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005448Installing a Linux Image:
5449-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005450
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005451To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5452you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005453
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005454 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005456The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5457image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5458address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5459specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5460command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005461
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005462Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5463TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005464
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005465 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005467 .......... done
5468 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005469
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005470 => loads 40100000
5471 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5472 ~>examples/image.srec
5473 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5474 ...
5475 15989 15990 15991 15992
5476 [file transfer complete]
5477 [connected]
5478 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005479
5480
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005481You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005482this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005483corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005484
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005485 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005486
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005487 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5488 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5489 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5490 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5491 Load Address: 00000000
5492 Entry Point: 0000000c
5493 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005494
5495
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005496Boot Linux:
5497-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005498
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005499The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5500memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5501of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5502parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5503"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005504
5505
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005506 => printenv bootargs
5507 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005509 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005510
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005511 => printenv bootargs
5512 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005513
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005514 => bootm 40020000
5515 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5516 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5517 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5518 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5519 Load Address: 00000000
5520 Entry Point: 0000000c
5521 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5522 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5523 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5524 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5525 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5526 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5527 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5528 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005529
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005530If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005531the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5532format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005533
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005534 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005535
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005536 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5537 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5538 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5539 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5540 Load Address: 00000000
5541 Entry Point: 0000000c
5542 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005543
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005544 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
5545 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5546 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5547 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5548 Load Address: 00000000
5549 Entry Point: 00000000
5550 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005551
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005552 => bootm 40100000 40200000
5553 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
5554 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5555 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5556 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5557 Load Address: 00000000
5558 Entry Point: 0000000c
5559 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5560 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5561 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
5562 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5563 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5564 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
5565 Load Address: 00000000
5566 Entry Point: 00000000
5567 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5568 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
5569 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
5570 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
5571 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5572 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5573 ...
5574 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
5575 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005576
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005577 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005578
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005579Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
5580-----------
5581
5582First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
5583titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
5584following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
5585flat device tree:
5586
5587=> print oftaddr
5588oftaddr=0x300000
5589=> print oft
5590oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
5591=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
5592Speed: 1000, full duplex
5593Using TSEC0 device
5594TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
5595Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
5596Load address: 0x300000
5597Loading: #
5598done
5599Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
5600=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
5601Speed: 1000, full duplex
5602Using TSEC0 device
5603TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
5604Filename 'uImage'.
5605Load address: 0x200000
5606Loading:############
5607done
5608Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
5609=> print loadaddr
5610loadaddr=200000
5611=> print oftaddr
5612oftaddr=0x300000
5613=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
5614## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005615 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
5616 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5617 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005618 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01005619 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05005620 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5621 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5622Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
5623Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
5624Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
5625[snip]
5626
5627
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005628More About U-Boot Image Types:
5629------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005631U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005632
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005633 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
5634 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
5635 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
5636 the Standalone Program.
5637 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
5638 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
5639 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
5640 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
5641 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
5642 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
5643 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
5644 being started.
5645 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
5646 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
5647 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
5648 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
5649 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
5650 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005651
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005652 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
5653 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
5654 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
5655 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
5656 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
5657 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005658
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005659 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
5660 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
5661 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005662
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005663 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
5664 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
5665 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
5666 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00005667
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005668Booting the Linux zImage:
5669-------------------------
5670
5671On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
5672using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
5673as the syntax of "bootm" command.
5674
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04005675Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00005676kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
5677address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
5678format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
5679
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005680
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005681Standalone HOWTO:
5682=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005683
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005684One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
5685run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
5686U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005687
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005688Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005689
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005690"Hello World" Demo:
5691-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005692
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005693'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
5694application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
5695It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
5696like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005697
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005698 => loads
5699 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5700 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
5701 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5702 [file transfer complete]
5703 [connected]
5704 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005705
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005706 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
5707 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5708 Hello World
5709 argc = 7
5710 argv[0] = "40004"
5711 argv[1] = "Hello"
5712 argv[2] = "World!"
5713 argv[3] = "This"
5714 argv[4] = "is"
5715 argv[5] = "a"
5716 argv[6] = "test."
5717 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
5718 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005719
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005720 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005721
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005722Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
5723handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
5724Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
5725The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
5726character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
5727controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005729 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
5730 b - enable interrupts and start timer
5731 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
5732 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005733
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005734 => loads
5735 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5736 ~>examples/timer.srec
5737 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
5738 [file transfer complete]
5739 [connected]
5740 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005741
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005742 => go 40004
5743 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
5744 TIMERS=0xfff00980
5745 Using timer 1
5746 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005747
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005748Hit 'b':
5749 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
5750 Enabling timer
5751Hit '?':
5752 [q, b, e, ?] ........
5753 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
5754Hit '?':
5755 [q, b, e, ?] .
5756 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
5757Hit '?':
5758 [q, b, e, ?] .
5759 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
5760Hit '?':
5761 [q, b, e, ?] .
5762 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
5763Hit 'e':
5764 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
5765Hit 'q':
5766 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005767
5768
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005769Minicom warning:
5770================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005771
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005772Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
5773"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
5774consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
5775Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
5776especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00005777use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
5778http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
5779for help with kermit.
5780
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00005781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
5783configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005784
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005785 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
5786 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
5787 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00005788
5789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005790NetBSD Notes:
5791=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005792
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005793Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
5794(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005796Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
5797NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
5798need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
5799Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
5800attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
5801missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005802
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005803 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
5804 # mkdir powerpc
5805 # ln -s powerpc machine
5806 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
5807 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005808
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005809Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
5810and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005811
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005812Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
5813stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
5814proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
5815tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00005816meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005817
5818
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005819Implementation Internals:
5820=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005821
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005822The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
5823implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
5824inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
5825hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005826
5827
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005828Initial Stack, Global Data:
5829---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005831The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
5832starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
5833system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
5834This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
5835is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
5836at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
5837options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
5838models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
5839MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
5840locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005841
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005842 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01005843 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005845 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
5846 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
5847 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
5848 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005850 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
5851 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
5852 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
5853 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
5854 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005855 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005856 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
5857 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005858
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005859 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
5860 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005861 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005862 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
5863 board designers haven't used it for something that would
5864 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
5865 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005866
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005867 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005868 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
5869 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02005870 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005871 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
5872 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
5873 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
5874 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
5875 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005876
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005877 -Chris Hallinan
5878 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00005879
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005880It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
5881code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005882
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005883* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
5884 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005885
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005886* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005887 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
5888 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005889
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005890* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
5891 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005892
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005893Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
5894normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
5895turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
5896simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
5897functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
5898functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
5899the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
5900place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
5901reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005902
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005903When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
5904relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
5905GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005906
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005907For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
5908 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005909 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005910 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
5911 R5-R10: parameter passing
5912 R13: small data area pointer
5913 R30: GOT pointer
5914 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005915
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01005916 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
5917 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
5918 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005919
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01005920 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005921
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005922 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
5923 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
5924 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
5925 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
5926 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
5927 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005928
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005929On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005930 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
5931
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00005932 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05005933
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005934On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005935
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005936 R0: function argument word/integer result
5937 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005938 R9: platform specific
5939 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005940 R11: argument (frame) pointer
5941 R12: temporary workspace
5942 R13: stack pointer
5943 R14: link register
5944 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005945
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02005946 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
5947
5948 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005949
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08005950On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
5951 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
5952
5953 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
5954
5955 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
5956 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
5957
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005958On NDS32, the following registers are used:
5959
5960 R0-R1: argument/return
5961 R2-R5: argument
5962 R15: temporary register for assembler
5963 R16: trampoline register
5964 R28: frame pointer (FP)
5965 R29: global pointer (GP)
5966 R30: link register (LP)
5967 R31: stack pointer (SP)
5968 PC: program counter (PC)
5969
5970 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
5971
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02005972NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
5973or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005974
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005975Memory Management:
5976------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005977
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005978U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
5979MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005980
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005981The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
5982controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
5983memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
5984physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005985
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005986U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
5987TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
5988booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
5989to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005990memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005991configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
5992Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005994Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
5995of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005996
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005997So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
5998this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005999
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006000 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6001 :
6002 0x0000 1FFF
6003 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6004 :
6005 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006006
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006007 :
6008 :
6009 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6010 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6011 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6012 :
6013 0x00FD FFFF
6014 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6015 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6016 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6017 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006018
6019
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006020System Initialization:
6021----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006022
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006023In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006024(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006025configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
6026To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6027To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6028initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6029which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6030part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6031the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006032
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006033Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6034preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6035(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6036on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6037programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6038simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6039banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006040
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006041When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6042different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6043bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
60440x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6045contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006046
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006047Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6048and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6049Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6050pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006051
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006052Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6053until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6054running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6055new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006056
6057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006058U-Boot Porting Guide:
6059----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006060
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006061[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6062list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006063
6064
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006065int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006066{
6067 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006068
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006069 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6070 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006071
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006072 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006073 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006074 return 0;
6075 }
6076
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006077 Download latest U-Boot source;
6078
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006079 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006080
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006081 if (clueless)
6082 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006083
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006084 while (learning) {
6085 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006086 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6087 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006088 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006089 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006090 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006091
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006092 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6093 Buy a BDI3000;
6094 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006095 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006096
6097 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6098 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6099 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6100 } else {
6101 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6102 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006103 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006104 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6105 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006106
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006107 while (!accepted) {
6108 while (!running) {
6109 do {
6110 Add / modify source code;
6111 } until (compiles);
6112 Debug;
6113 if (clueless)
6114 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6115 }
6116 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6117 if (reasonable critiques)
6118 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6119 else
6120 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006121 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006122
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006123 return 0;
6124}
6125
6126void no_more_time (int sig)
6127{
6128 hire_a_guru();
6129}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006130
6131
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006132Coding Standards:
6133-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006134
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006135All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006136coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006137"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006138
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006139Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6140MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
6141reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
6142sources.
6143
6144Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6145Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6146in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006147
6148Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6149- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006150- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006151- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006152- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006153- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6154
6155Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6156with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006157
6158
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006159Submitting Patches:
6160-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006162Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6163establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6164may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006165
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006166Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006167
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006168Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6169see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006171When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6172it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006173
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006174* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6175 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6176 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006178* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6179 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006180
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006181* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6182
6183* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6184
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006185* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6186 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006187
6188* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6189 document these in the README file.
6190
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006191* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6192 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006193 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006194 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6195 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006196
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006197 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6198 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6199 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006200
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006201 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6202 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6203 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6204 affected files).
6205
6206 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6207 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006208
6209* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6210 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6211
6212* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6213 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6214
6215
6216Notes:
6217
6218* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6219 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6220 for any of the boards.
6221
6222* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6223 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6224 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6225
6226* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6227 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6228 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6229 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6230 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6231 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006232
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006233* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6234 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6235 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6236 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.